{"title":"Southern Heirloom Seeds","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"corn-golden-bantam-8-row-sweet","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Golden Bantam 8 Row","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row Sweet corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. The yellow kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is classified as sweet corn with yellow harvest color with 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows, selected for fresh summer eating, blanching, freezing, and home-garden sweet corn harvests.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Golden Bantam 8 Row\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row is an annual sweet corn with yellow color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 70-79 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam became one of the best-known yellow sweet corns of the early twentieth century and helped establish yellow kernels as desirable in American fresh-market sweet corn. University and cultivar records document the compact eight-row ears, rich old-fashioned sweet-corn flavor, and long garden history. The named cultivar belongs to the later commercial and home-garden history of sweet corn, while maize itself was domesticated and diversified by Indigenous farmers in the Americas long before the cultivar was named. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance. For gardeners who value heritage crops, classic flavor, and reliable summer harvests, this sweet corn remains a timeless and rewarding choice. This variety fits within that long seedkeeping history, where kernel color, ear form, maturity, and field performance were preserved through careful selection over generations. Uses and Benefits: Golden Bantam Corn (Zea mays) is a classic heirloom variety known for its sweet, yellow kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Golden Bantam 8 Row from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Golden Bantam 8 Row Sweet corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Golden Bantam 8 Row in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 70-79 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Yellow. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Golden Bantam 8 Row Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Golden Bantam 8 Row ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from direct sowing to fresh eating stage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045987369262,"sku":"CN20","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/corn-seeds-sweet-golden-bantam-8-row-corn-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cn20-87369262-5898668.jpg?v=1774059783"},{"product_id":"kentucky-wonder-pole","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Kentucky Wonder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKentucky Wonder seeds produce a kentucky wonder pole snap bean. Plants have a vining or climbing habit. Plants typically reach 73–96 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 60-69 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Kentucky Wonder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is sold as a pole snap bean selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. Best uses include fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eOval, thick, curved pods about 9 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is one of the most widely circulated American pole snap-bean names. Cornell lists it as an heirloom and records Old Homestead as an alternate name. The variety is known for vigorous climbing vines and long, curved green pods used as snap beans. Its established cultivar record is stronger than the many family stories that have accumulated around the name, so the documented plant and pod traits provide the strongest basis for identification. Continued stewardship of Kentucky Wonder depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is chosen for a long vertical harvest rather than the compact, concentrated crop of a bush bean. Install a tall trellis before sowing and pick the pods while they remain tender. A few pods can be left to dry for seed, but mark those vines so mature fibrous pods are not mixed with the eating harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed. Fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Kentucky Wonder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. Install a sturdy trellis before vines begin to run so roots are not disturbed by late construction. Plants typically reach 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Kentucky Wonder; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall a sturdy trellis before vines begin to run so roots are not disturbed by late construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 60-69 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to the first eating harvest under suitable conditions. Harvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Kentucky Wonder plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Kentucky Wonder for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Kentucky Wonder take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 60-69 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Kentucky Wonder need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Install a sturdy trellis before the vining\/climbing vines begin to run. Mature plants are listed at 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Kentucky Wonder be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Kentucky Wonder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045992743214,"sku":"BN22","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-pole-kentucky-wonder-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn22-92743214-3233798.jpg?v=1767990425"},{"product_id":"mesclun-mix-red-green-lettuce","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Mesclun Mix Red \u0026 Green Lettuce","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMesclun Mix Red and Green Lettuce seeds produce a diverse blend of tender salad greens valued for their color, texture, and balanced flavor. Traditionally favored by restaurants and market growers, mesclun mixes are grown for harvesting young, creating a fresh and vibrant salad directly from the garden. The blend includes arugula, spinach, Swiss chard, endive, kale, mustards, and lettuces, creating a rich assortment of flavors from mild and buttery to slightly peppery.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce is an annual selection of lettuce or salad mixture, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to salad greens, baby leaf or heads, succession planting, containers, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest baby leaf, loose heads, or mature heads at the listed stage; mild to richly textured leaves according to type. Mesclun may include multiple lettuce and non-lettuce greens whose identities and maturity differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeafy greens have been selected for rosette form, head type, color, texture, bitterness, season, and bolt resistance. Mixtures and market classes should not be given a single invented pedigree, and forcing chicory, endive, lettuce, and spinach remain botanically distinct crops. Mesclun may include multiple lettuce and non-lettuce greens whose identities and maturity differ. The exact identity or lineage of this seed lot should be confirmed from supplier records before making a stronger claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa L. and listed mixture components\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStage-based; varies by component or establishment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/8 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Light aids germination; barely cover. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 4 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest timing is stage-based because this mixture, perennial, or unresolved seed line does not support one universal day range. Harvest: Harvest baby leaf, loose heads, or mature heads at the listed stage. Uses: Salad greens, baby leaf or heads, succession planting, containers, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to richly textured leaves according to type. Seed saving: Primarily self-pollinated annual. Best uses include salad greens, baby leaf or heads, succession planting, containers, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to richly textured leaves according to type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Primarily self-pollinated annual. Crossing is less frequent than in brassicas but can occur at close range. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Aphids, slugs, leaf miners, caterpillars, damping-off, bottom rot, and premature bolting under stress. Management: Use clean beds, even moisture, spacing for airflow, crop rotation, and harvest before heat or crowding lowers quality. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Mesclun Mix Red \u0026amp; Green Lettuce ready? Harvest by the crop-specific size, color, tenderness, or flowering stage described on the page rather than relying on one universal day count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Primarily self-pollinated annual. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046009684270,"sku":"LT4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_2574741619.jpg?v=1774720779"},{"product_id":"southern-giant-curled-mustard","title":"Mustard Seeds - Southern Giant Curled Mustard","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSouthern Giant Curled mustard seeds produce large, deeply frilled green leaves with a bold peppery flavor that intensifies as plants mature. Young leaves can be harvested for salads and mixed baby greens, while mature leaves have the substance and heat needed for braising, sautéing, soups, stir-fries, and traditional Southern mustard greens. In warm conditions, mustard bolts quickly and becomes stronger in flavor, so plan the main crop around cool weather.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Southern Giant Curled Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSouthern Giant Curled Mustard is an annual selection of mustard greens, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 19–24 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include large, deeply curled leaves on plants commonly 19-24 inches tall; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe value of Southern Giant Curled Mustard is in the combination of its named traits, rosette growth, and fit for baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppery salad greens and mustard greens come from several Brassicaceae species. Garden arugula, wild arugula, upland cress, and mustard greens differ in life cycle, leaf texture, and heat tolerance, so this page preserves species-level identity rather than relying on flavor names alone. Southern Giant Curled is a long-established American mustard-green variety closely associated with Southern gardens and cooking. It belongs to \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e, a species with a long history of cultivation across Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Americas for leaves, oilseed, and spice. Catalog history and regional use are more supportable than claims that assign the named variety to a single ancient culture without documentation. Mustard is insect-pollinated and can cross with compatible Brassica juncea varieties, so isolation matters when maintaining a named strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea (L.) Czern.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Southern Giant Curled Mustard from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Large, deeply curled leaves on plants commonly 19-24 inches tall. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Southern Giant Curled Mustard plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Compatible plants of the same species may cross to varying degrees through insects or wind. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Southern Giant Curled Mustard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Southern Giant Curled Mustard ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 19–24 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046010569006,"sku":"OR1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/mustard-seeds-southern-giant-curled-mustard-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-og5-270328.jpg?v=1767990408"},{"product_id":"clemson-spineless-okra","title":"Okra Seeds - Clemson Spineless Okra","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClemson Spineless Okra seeds grow into upright\/erect plants about 49–60 in, bearing green 6-8 inches. Use the harvest for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews Clemson Spineless Okra Seeds produce america’s favorite heirloom okra, known for heavy yields of smooth, tender pods and easy harvesting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Clemson Spineless\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClemson Spineless is an annual okra with green color, 49–60 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 6-8 inches. Botanically it is Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Maturity or first bloom: 60-69 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClemson Spineless circulates as a named okra within the cultivated history of Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Seed sold as Clemson Spineless is identified by its green color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Pods are best picked young for peak texture and sweetness. Developed by Clemson University in 1939, this All-America Selections winner remains the most popular okra variety in the world - reliable, prolific, and undeniably Southern. Okra Seeds - Clemson Spineless Okra belongs to a diverse cultivated plant lineage shaped by regional gardeners, farmers, and seedkeepers over time. Its continued presence in gardens reflects selection for usefulness, beauty, resilience, flavor, or cultural value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49–60 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Clemson Spineless from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Clemson Spineless Okra\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; an optional short warm-water soak may speed imbibition, but is not required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring. Space plants 18 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Clemson Spineless early enough for its season, transplant after cold stress has passed, and harvest on schedule. Support requirement: No-Support; remove damaged fruit promptly and keep foliage dry when disease pressure is high. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 60-69 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClemson Spineless is best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Harvest form or size: 6-8 inches. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Clemson Spineless Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Okra flowers can cross through insect activity. Isolate varieties or control pollination, and select several healthy true-to-type plants before pods are harvested for eating. Leave designated pods until they are brown, dry, and beginning to split, then collect before seed is lost. Dry pods under cover, thresh, screen, and winnow. Wear gloves if dry pods or stems irritate skin. Label the lot with population, isolation, pod type, plant height, year, and germination test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Clemson Spineless for aphids, stink bugs, Japanese beetles, flea beetles, caterpillars, leaf spots, root-knot nematodes, and tough overmature pods. Rotate crops, maintain steady growth, and harvest every day or two once pods begin forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Clemson Spineless ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to first young-pod harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 49–60 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a properly sized container with reliable drainage, moisture, and room for the mature plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e75 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046011191598,"sku":"OK2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/okra-seeds-clemson-spineless-okra-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ok2-11191598-7276510.jpg?v=1774107995"},{"product_id":"red-burgundy-okra","title":"Okra Seeds - Red Burgundy Okra","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Burgundy Okra seeds grow into upright\/erect plants about 49–60 in, bearing red Harvest pods at about 3–5 in for tenderness. Use the harvest for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The color softens to green when cooked, but the beauty and taste remain. Red Burgundy Okra Seeds produce award-winning red okra with ornamental beauty and tender, flavorful pods.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Red Burgundy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Burgundy is an annual okra with red color, 49–60 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Harvest pods at about 3–5 in for tenderness. Botanically it is Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Maturity or first bloom: 50-59 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The color softens to green when cooked, but the beauty and taste remain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Burgundy circulates as a named okra within the cultivated history of Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Seed sold as Red Burgundy is identified by its red color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The ruby-red beauty of the okra family. ‘Red Burgundy’ produces vibrant crimson pods that turn deep red in the sun, tender and flavorful with a slightly nutty sweetness. Red Burgundy okra is a distinctive heirloom variety of Abelmoschus esculentus, a species with deep historical roots that trace back thousands of years to northeastern Africa, particularly the region encompassing modern-day Ethiopia, Sudan, and parts of the Nile Valley. From this center of origin, okra spread widely through trade, migration, and cultural exchange, eventually becoming a globally important crop across Africa, the Middle East, South Asia, and the Americas. Okra was cultivated in ancient Egypt as early as the 12th century BCE, where it was valued as both a food crop and a practical plant for thickening soups and stews due to its natural mucilage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49–60 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Red Burgundy from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Red Burgundy Okra\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; an optional short warm-water soak may speed imbibition, but is not required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring. Space plants 18 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Red Burgundy early enough for its season, transplant after cold stress has passed, and harvest on schedule. Support requirement: No-Support; remove damaged fruit promptly and keep foliage dry when disease pressure is high. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Burgundy is best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Harvest form or size: Harvest pods at about 3–5 in for tenderness. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. The color softens to green when cooked, but the beauty and taste remain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Red Burgundy Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Okra flowers can cross through insect activity. Isolate varieties or control pollination, and select several healthy true-to-type plants before pods are harvested for eating. Leave designated pods until they are brown, dry, and beginning to split, then collect before seed is lost. Dry pods under cover, thresh, screen, and winnow. Wear gloves if dry pods or stems irritate skin. Label the lot with population, isolation, pod type, plant height, year, and germination test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Red Burgundy for aphids, stink bugs, Japanese beetles, flea beetles, caterpillars, leaf spots, root-knot nematodes, and tough overmature pods. Rotate crops, maintain steady growth, and harvest every day or two once pods begin forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Red Burgundy ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from direct sowing to first young-pod harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 49–60 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a properly sized container with reliable drainage, moisture, and room for the mature plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The color softens to green when cooked, but the beauty and taste remain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e75 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046011486510,"sku":"OK1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/okra-seeds-red-burgundy-okra-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ok1-11486510-1905855.jpg?v=1774067452"},{"product_id":"purple-top-globe-turnip","title":"Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe Turnip","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dependable heirloom of garden tradition. ‘Purple Top White Globe’ produces smooth, round roots with white bottoms and bright purple shoulders, firm texture, and mild, slightly sweet flavor. The roots are crisp when young and tender even at larger sizes, perfect for roasting, mashing, or slicing fresh. Adaptable and fast-growing in spring or fall.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip is a biennial selection of turnip, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 19–24 in. It is best suited to fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate; crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Purple Top White Globe Turnip as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire turnip crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese root crops were selected in Eurasian farming traditions for rapid growth, root form, storage, greens, and cold-season use. Small salad radishes, long daikon types, turnips, and rutabagas differ in species or crop group and should not share one generic maturity or harvest description. Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe Turnip belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Rapifera Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-39 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Purple Top White Globe Turnip from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate. Uses: Fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Purple Top White Globe Turnip plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Purple Top White Globe Turnip is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Purple Top White Globe Turnip ready? Use 30-39 Days. Approximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 19–24 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046021644590,"sku":"TN2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_291858074.jpg?v=1774067174"},{"product_id":"crimson-sweet-watermelon","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Crimson Sweet Watermelon","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrimson Sweet Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, about 20-25 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to picnic melons, fresh slicing, productive home gardens, roadside stands, and dependable red-fleshed harvests. refreshing sweetness with a crisp, fine-grained bite Grow the familiar striped picnic watermelon with crisp red flesh, balanced size, and dependable summer flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Crimson Sweet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson Sweet is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: about 20-25 lb. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for picnic melons, fresh slicing, productive home gardens, roadside stands, and dependable red-fleshed harvests. Refreshing sweetness with a crisp, fine-grained bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson Sweet was developed by Kansas State University horticulturist Charles V. Hall and released in 1963. Its striped rind, crisp red flesh, and practical picnic-melon size helped it become a widely grown American open-pollinated watermelon. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Crimson Sweet watermelon seeds produce round, striped watermelons with bright red, crisp flesh. Crimson Sweet watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing. Pollinating insects must visit both male and female flowers, so protect bloom activity and avoid treating open flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Crimson Sweet from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Crimson Sweet Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Crimson Sweet enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson Sweet is best for picnic melons, fresh slicing, productive home gardens, roadside stands, and dependable red-fleshed harvests. Harvest form or size: about 20-25 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Refreshing sweetness with a crisp, fine-grained bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Crimson Sweet Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Crimson Sweet for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Crimson Sweet ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: picnic melons, fresh slicing, productive home gardens, roadside stands, and dependable red-fleshed harvests. Refreshing sweetness with a crisp, fine-grained bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e50 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046022168878,"sku":"WM3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_2692532127.jpg?v=1774108179"},{"product_id":"sugar-baby-watermelon","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Sugar Baby Watermelon","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Baby Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, about 8-12 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to smaller gardens, shorter seasons, manageable family-sized fruit, and gardeners new to watermelon. concentrated sweetness, fine texture, and classic red watermelon flavor Harvest sweet, family-sized dark green watermelons from a comparatively manageable, early crop.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sugar Baby\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Baby is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: about 8-12 lb. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 70-79 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for smaller gardens, shorter seasons, manageable family-sized fruit, and gardeners new to watermelon. Concentrated sweetness, fine texture, and classic red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Baby became a widely grown American home-garden watermelon during the mid-twentieth century. Its continued popularity comes from an earlier harvest and smaller fruit than many traditional picnic melons. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Sugar Baby watermelon seeds produce round, dark green watermelons with red flesh and a thinner rind. The defining kitchen quality is concentrated sweetness, fine texture, and classic red watermelon flavor. Sugar Baby watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Sugar Baby from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Sugar Baby Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Sugar Baby enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 70-79 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Baby is best for smaller gardens, shorter seasons, manageable family-sized fruit, and gardeners new to watermelon. Harvest form or size: about 8-12 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Concentrated sweetness, fine texture, and classic red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Sugar Baby Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Sugar Baby for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Sugar Baby ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: smaller gardens, shorter seasons, manageable family-sized fruit, and gardeners new to watermelon. Concentrated sweetness, fine texture, and classic red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046023282990,"sku":"WM2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/watermelon-seeds-vining-sugar-baby-watermelon-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm2-23282990-6385837.jpg?v=1774067889"},{"product_id":"cherokee-purple-tomato","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Cherokee Purple","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCherokee Purple tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing purple fruit about 5 x 3 1\/2 in. This slicing tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, sandwiches, and salads. Maturity is 70-79 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cherokee Purple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Purple is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Purple, with fruit described as about 5 x 3 1\/2 in. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 70-79 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Cherokee Purple Tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003ePurple; About 5 x 3 1\/2 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Purple entered the modern seed trade through a family account shared with tomato collector Craig LeHoullier in the early 1990s. Institutional cultivar records describe the variety as an open-pollinated, indeterminate tomato associated with Tennessee and repeat a reported account connecting the seed to Cherokee people. That account is presented here as reported history, not as independently documented tribal provenance and not as proof of any named person's tribal identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cultivar is valued for its dusky purple-pink fruit, dark shoulders, and rich slicing-tomato flavor. Maintaining the distinction between documented seed-trade history and reported family memory protects both factual accuracy and the meaning of Indigenous agricultural history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Purple is best for fresh slicing, sandwiches, and salads. The expected flavor is rich, savory, complex tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. Fruit is described as purple and about 5 x 3 1\/2 in. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Cherokee Purple is especially useful for fresh slicing, sandwiches, and salads. Flavor and eating quality are described as rich, savory, complex tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Cherokee Purple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Cherokee Purple indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Cherokee Purple strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 70-79 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Cherokee Purple, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Cherokee Purple ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 70-79 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, sandwiches, and salads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046029345070,"sku":"TP2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-cherokee-purple-tomato-standard-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tp2-29345070-1864144.jpg?v=1767990367"},{"product_id":"tomato-rutgers","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Rutgers","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRutgers tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 49–60 in, bearing red fruit about 5–8 oz. This slicing tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, juice, sauce, and canning with a tested recipe. Maturity is 70-79 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Rutgers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRutgers is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 49–60 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Red, with fruit described as about 5–8 oz. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 70-79 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Rutgers Tomato Slicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e49–60 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed; About 5–8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rutgers tomato was released in 1934 after a 1928 cross made by the Campbell Soup Company between JTD and Marglobe, followed by six years of selection and testing at Rutgers. It became important to New Jersey processing and fresh-market production because its fruit quality and field performance suited the period's growers and processors. Rutgers also explains that maintenance of the original university seed line ended after 1951 and that seed sold later under the Rutgers name may represent derivative selections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis page therefore identifies the current packet as a maintained Rutgers strain without claiming that it is genetically identical to the original 1934 release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRutgers is best for fresh slicing, juice, sauce, and canning with a tested recipe. The expected flavor is classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. Fruit is described as red and about 5–8 oz. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Rutgers is especially useful for fresh slicing, juice, sauce, and canning with a tested recipe. Flavor and eating quality are described as classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Rutgers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Rutgers indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 49–60 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Rutgers strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 70-79 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Rutgers, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Rutgers ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 70-79 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 49–60 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, juice, sauce, and canning with a tested recipe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046047138094,"sku":"TM7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-rutgers-tomato-slicing-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tm7-47138094-4048833.jpg?v=1767989216"},{"product_id":"tomato-jubilee","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Jubilee","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJubilee tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing orange fruit about 8 oz. This slicing tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, salads, sauces, and orange-fruited displays. Maturity is 80-89 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Jubilee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJubilee is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Orange, with fruit described as about 8 oz. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Jubilee Tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eOrange; About 8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell's cultivar record identifies Jubilee, also known as Golden Jubilee, as the 1943 All-America Selections winner. Jubilee Tomato Seeds belongs to the long record of tomato selection that began with domestication in the Americas and continued through farmers, gardeners, public breeders, market growers, and seedkeepers. Where a precise breeder or family chain is not supported by a primary record, this page does not invent one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety is described through observable fruit, plant habit, use, and the records kept by people who continue to grow it. Jubilee is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) slicing tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJubilee is best for fresh slicing, salads, sauces, and orange-fruited displays. The expected flavor is sweet, mild, fruit-forward tomato flavor with gentle acidity. Fruit is described as orange and about 8 oz. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Jubilee is especially useful for fresh slicing, salads, sauces, and orange-fruited displays. Flavor and eating quality are described as sweet, mild, fruit-forward tomato flavor with gentle acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Jubilee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Jubilee indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Jubilee strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Jubilee, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Jubilee ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, salads, sauces, and orange-fruited displays\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046047433006,"sku":"TM6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-jubilee-tomato-standard-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tm6-47433006-8023586.jpg?v=1767989216"},{"product_id":"kohlrabi-purple-vienna","title":"Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Vienna kohlrabi is a classic heirloom variety prized for its smooth purple bulbs, crisp white flesh, and mild, sweet flavor. These Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi produce attractive plants that are both productive and eye-catching in the garden, offering tender bulbs that are excellent for fresh eating, slaws, roasting, and light cooking. For gardeners looking for a cool-season crop that combines beauty, crunch, and dependable performance, this variety is a rewarding favorite.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Purple Vienna Kohlrabi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi is a biennial selection of kohlrabi, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include purple coloring; harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Purple Vienna Kohlrabi, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Purple Vienna Kohlrabi is part of the species Brassica oleracea, one of the most historically significant and widely diversified crop species in agriculture. This single species gave rise to an entire group of vegetables-including cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, kale, and Brussels sprouts-through centuries of selective breeding. Its origins trace back to wild coastal plants along the Mediterranean, where early forms were valued for their hardy nature and adaptability. Over time, farmers across Europe began selecting for specific traits, leading to the development of distinct cultivated forms, including kohlrabi. Kohlrabi itself represents a unique direction in this long history of selection. Instead of focusing on leaves, flowers, or roots, growers selected for a swollen stem that develops just above the soil. This transformation is believed to have taken place in Northern and Central Europe, where cooler climates favored crops that could grow quickly and reliably in shorter seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Gongylodes Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Purple Vienna Kohlrabi from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Purple Vienna Kohlrabi plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Purple Vienna Kohlrabi is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Purple Vienna Kohlrabi ready? Use 50-59 Days. Approximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046061687086,"sku":"KL1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/kohlrabi-seeds-purple-vienna-kohlrabi-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-kl1-61687086-7386637.jpg?v=1767989199"},{"product_id":"watermelon-moon-and-stars","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Moon and Stars Watermelon","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMoon and Stars Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, 25-40 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to fresh eating, family gardens, educational gardens, seed saving, and distinctive market displays. sweet, juicy watermelon flesh with classic heirloom character Moon and Stars Watermelon produce sprawling vines producing dark fruit speckled with small stars and larger yellow moons.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Moon and Stars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoon and Stars is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 25-40 lb. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for fresh eating, family gardens, educational gardens, seed saving, and distinctive market displays. Sweet, juicy watermelon flesh with classic heirloom character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistory and provenance of Moon and Stars Watermelon Moon and Stars appeared in American seed commerce in the early twentieth century, later became scarce, and returned to wider circulation after Missouri gardener Merle Van Doren maintained the variety and shared seed during the late twentieth century. The yellow markings can also appear on the leaves. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety, and repeated catalog stories are not presented as certain. Sources consulted: https:\/\/www.motherearthnews.com\/organic-gardening\/heirloom-watermelon-varieties-zewz1310zpit\/ https:\/\/www.ars.usda.gov\/southeast-area\/charleston-sc\/vegetable-research\/docs\/cgc\/gene-list-for-watermelon-2007\/ https:\/\/extension.umn.edu\/planting-and-growing-guides\/saving-vegetable-seeds https:\/\/extension.oregonstate.edu\/gardening\/techniques\/collecting-storing-seeds-your-garden Moon and Stars watermelon seeds produce large dark green watermelons marked with yellow stars and one or more larger moon-like patches. The defining kitchen quality is juicy, rich red watermelon flavor with old-fashioned sweetness. Moon and Stars watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Moon and Stars from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Moon and Stars Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Moon and Stars enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoon and Stars is best for fresh eating, family gardens, educational gardens, seed saving, and distinctive market displays. Harvest form or size: 25-40 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Sweet, juicy watermelon flesh with classic heirloom character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Moon and Stars Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Moon and Stars for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Moon and Stars ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: Fresh eating, family gardens, educational gardens, seed saving, and distinctive market displays. Sweet, juicy watermelon flesh with classic heirloom character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046069682478,"sku":"WM1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/watermelon-seeds-vining-moon-and-stars-watermelon-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm1-69682478-7224886.jpg?v=1774067981"},{"product_id":"tomato-mortgage-lifter","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Mortgage Lifter","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMortgage Lifter tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 73–96 in, bearing pink fruit about 2 1\/2 lb or more. This slicing tomato is especially suited to very large fresh slices, sandwiches, and salads. Maturity is 80-89 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mortgage Lifter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMortgage Lifter is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 73–96 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Pink, with fruit described as about 2 1\/2 lb or more. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Mortgage Lifter Beefsteak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003ePink; About 2 1\/2 lb or more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMortgage Lifter is associated with M. Byles of Logan, West Virginia, who was widely known as Radiator Charlie. Seed-trade accounts describe Byles selecting a large pink tomato and selling plants during the Depression era, with the proceeds helping him pay his mortgage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe story is part of the cultivar's long public history, but individual seed lots can differ because the name has been used for more than one maintained strain. This packet is described by its current observed identity as an open-pollinated, indeterminate, large-fruited slicing tomato rather than by assuming every circulating Mortgage Lifter line is identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMortgage Lifter is best for very large fresh slices, sandwiches, and salads. The expected flavor is classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. Fruit is described as pink and about 2 1\/2 lb or more. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Mortgage Lifter is especially useful for very large fresh slices, sandwiches, and salads. Flavor and eating quality are described as classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Mortgage Lifter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Mortgage Lifter indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Mortgage Lifter strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Mortgage Lifter, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Mortgage Lifter ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 73–96 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery large fresh slices, sandwiches, and salads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046070501678,"sku":"TK1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-mortgage-lifter-beefsteak-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tk1-70501678-3883130.jpg?v=1767989183"},{"product_id":"squash-green-striped-cushaw","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Green Striped Cushaw","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Striped Cushaw Winter squash seeds produce green winter squash, large fruit; final weight varies widely with heat, vine vigor, and spacing, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to warm-climate gardens, pies, soups, roasting, preserving, seed saving, and traditional southern kitchens. mild, smooth, gently sweet flesh that takes well to spice and slow cooking Grow the striking curved-neck Southern heirloom valued for warm-season vigor, smooth flesh, pies, and preserving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Green Striped Cushaw\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen Striped Cushaw is an annual winter squash with green color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: large fruit; final weight varies widely with heat, vine vigor, and spacing. Botanically it is Cucurbita argyrosperma K.Koch. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-climate gardens, pies, soups, roasting, preserving, seed saving, and traditional southern kitchens. Mild, smooth, gently sweet flesh that takes well to spice and slow cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCushaw squash belongs to Cucurbita argyrosperma, a crop species with deep Indigenous agricultural history in the Americas. Green Striped Cushaw has been carried through Southern and regional food traditions, but the named cultivar should not be assigned to a particular tribal nation without documentation. Botanical record: Cucurbita argyrosperma. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Green Striped Cushaw squash seeds produce large curved-neck squash with green-and-cream striped skin and pale orange flesh. The defining kitchen quality is mild, smooth, gently sweet flesh that takes well to spice and slow cooking. Green Striped Cushaw squash seeds are warm-season seed. Give runners a planned direction so leaves receive air and fruit can rest on a dry surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita argyrosperma K.Koch\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Green Striped Cushaw from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Green Striped Cushaw Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita argyrosperma K.Koch. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Green Striped Cushaw enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen Striped Cushaw is best for warm-climate gardens, pies, soups, roasting, preserving, seed saving, and traditional southern kitchens. Harvest form or size: large fruit; final weight varies widely with heat, vine vigor, and spacing. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Mild, smooth, gently sweet flesh that takes well to spice and slow cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Green Striped Cushaw Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Green Striped Cushaw for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Green Striped Cushaw ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-climate gardens, pies, soups, roasting, preserving, seed saving, and traditional Southern kitchens. Mild, smooth, gently sweet flesh that takes well to spice and slow cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046073581870,"sku":"SQ2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-green-striped-cushaw-squash-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq2-264986.jpg?v=1767989180"},{"product_id":"corn-stowells-evergreen","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Stowell's Evergreen","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStowell's Evergreen Sweet corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing 8–9 in ears; 14–20 kernel rows. The white kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Stowell's Evergreen Corn Seeds produce classic heirloom sweet corn with large, tender ears that stay sweet and flavorful longer than most varieties.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Stowell's Evergreen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStowell's Evergreen is an annual sweet corn with white color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 8–9 in ears; 14–20 kernel rows. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. The heirloom sweet corn that never stops giving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStowell's Evergreen is a long-established white sweet corn associated with nineteenth-century American garden and market production. Cultivar records document its large white ears and relatively late maturity. The word 'Evergreen' refers to the variety's ability to hold eating quality in the field longer than many early sweet corns, not to evergreen foliage. Modern seed lots should still be evaluated for ear type and maturity because a historic name does not by itself prove every modern seed lot is identical to an early catalog sample. Even after harvest, the kernels stay tender and “evergreen” on the stalk longer than any other sweet corn. This variety fits within that long seedkeeping history, where kernel color, ear form, maturity, and field performance were preserved through careful selection over generations. Uses and Benefits: Stowell's Evergreen Corn (Zea mays) is a classic variety known for its sweet, white kernels. Stowell's Evergreen Corn is appreciated for its sweet flavor and versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Stowell's Evergreen from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Stowell's Evergreen Sweet corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Stowell's Evergreen in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStowell's Evergreen is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 8–9 in ears; 14–20 kernel rows. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: White. The heirloom sweet corn that never stops giving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Stowell's Evergreen Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStowell's Evergreen can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Stowell's Evergreen ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from direct sowing to fresh eating stage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. The heirloom sweet corn that never stops giving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e50 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046074138926,"sku":"CN1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_2197632665.jpg?v=1774056993"},{"product_id":"collard-georgia-southern","title":"Collard Seeds - Georgia Southern","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeorgia Southern Collards seeds produce a traditional Southern collard with broad blue-green leaves and a long harvest season. Georgia Southern Collards performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Southern gardens, braising, fall harvest, and repeated leaf picking are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Georgia Southern\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeorgia Southern is a biennial selection of collards, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 25–30 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include large broad leaves; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Georgia Southern when the garden plan calls for leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving and the listed upright\/erect habit fits the available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Georgia Southern is a widely circulated Southern collard name maintained through regional seed trade and home gardens. It represents living garden tradition, not a single person or institution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Viridis Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Georgia Southern from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Large broad leaves. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Georgia Southern plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Georgia Southern is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Georgia Southern\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Georgia Southern ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 25–30 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046079480110,"sku":"OG2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/collard-seeds-georgia-southern-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-og2-79480110-4180134.jpg?v=1767989167"},{"product_id":"japanese-red-giant-mustard","title":"Mustard Seeds - Japanese Red Giant","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bold mustard with a bite. ‘Japanese Red Giant’ produces large, deep purple-red leaves with vivid green undersides and a strong, spicy flavor reminiscent of horseradish. The leaves are broad and tender when young, perfect for salads, stir-fries, or pickling. The rich pigmentation deepens in cool weather, adding color as well as flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Japanese Red Giant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJapanese Red Giant is an annual selection of mustard greens, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 19–24 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include red coloring; cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Japanese Red Giant, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppery salad greens and mustard greens come from several Brassicaceae species. Garden arugula, wild arugula, upland cress, and mustard greens differ in life cycle, leaf texture, and heat tolerance, so this page preserves species-level identity rather than relying on flavor names alone. Mustard Seeds - Japanese Red Giant belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. An Asian heirloom beloved for its vibrant foliage and fiery taste-a leaf mustard of true character and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea (L.) Czern.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Japanese Red Giant from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Japanese Red Giant plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Compatible plants of the same species may cross to varying degrees through insects or wind. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Japanese Red Giant\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Japanese Red Giant ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 19–24 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046088524078,"sku":"OR6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/mustard-seeds-japanese-red-giant-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-or6-88524078-9936570.jpg?v=1767989155"},{"product_id":"green-tatsoi-mustard","title":"Mustard Seeds - Green Tatsoi","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Tatsoi forms low, spoon-shaped rosettes of deep green leaves with a mild, pleasant mustard-spinach flavor. Its smooth texture and subtle flavor make it versatile for salads, stir-fries, soups, and sautéed dishes. Baby tatsoi leaves are tender and sweet, perfect for fresh mixes, while mature rosettes hold up well to cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Green Tatsoi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen Tatsoi is an annual selection of tatsoi, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Green Tatsoi, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrassica rapa includes multiple East Asian and Eurasian crop groups selected for greens, heads, stems, flower shoots, or roots. Common names overlap across languages and catalogs, so this record uses the crop group and observable harvest form rather than treating every Brassica rapa green as the same vegetable. Mustard Seeds - Green Tatsoi belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. Tatsoi forms a low spoon-leaved rosette, especially in cool weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Rosularis Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Green Tatsoi from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Green Tatsoi plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Green Tatsoi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Green Tatsoi ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046088851758,"sku":"OR7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/mustard-seeds-green-tatsoi-mustard-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-or7-121183.jpg?v=1767989155"},{"product_id":"red-tatsoi","title":"Mustard Seeds - Red Tatsoi","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe crimson rosette of the mustard family. ‘Red Tatsoi’ produces low-growing clusters of spoon-shaped leaves blushed in burgundy and green, with mild, earthy flavor and subtle mustard warmth. The texture is silky and tender, ideal for baby greens or light cooking. Fast to mature and excellent for repeated harvests.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Red Tatsoi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Tatsoi is an annual selection of tatsoi, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include red coloring; cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Red Tatsoi as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire tatsoi crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrassica rapa includes multiple East Asian and Eurasian crop groups selected for greens, heads, stems, flower shoots, or roots. Common names overlap across languages and catalogs, so this record uses the crop group and observable harvest form rather than treating every Brassica rapa green as the same vegetable. Mustard Seeds - Red Tatsoi belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. Tatsoi forms a low spoon-leaved rosette, especially in cool weather. A modern twist on classic Asian greens, ‘Red Tatsoi’ adds beauty, nutrition, and elegance to both garden and table-a cool-season favorite with year-round appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Rosularis Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Red Tatsoi from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Red Tatsoi plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Red Tatsoi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Red Tatsoi ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046089703726,"sku":"OR8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/mustard-seeds-red-tatsoi-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-or8-89703726-2180104.jpg?v=1767989152"},{"product_id":"texas-hill-country-red-okra","title":"Okra Seeds - Texas Hill Country Red","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTexas Hill Country Red Okra seeds grow into upright\/erect plants about 61–72 in, bearing red 6-8 inches. Use the harvest for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The heirloom okra of Texas flavor and strength. Texas Hill Country Red Okra Seeds produce hardy Texas heirloom okra with striking red pods and rich, traditional flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Texas Hill Country Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexas Hill Country Red is an annual okra with red color, 61–72 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 6-8 inches. Botanically it is Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Maturity or first bloom: 50-59 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The heirloom okra of Texas flavor and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexas Hill Country Red circulates as a named okra within the cultivated history of Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Seed sold as Texas Hill Country Red is identified by its red color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The heirloom okra of Texas flavor and strength. ‘Texas Hill Country Red’ produces thick, red-tinged green pods with hearty texture and classic Southern flavor - ideal for frying, grilling, and stewing. The deep red stems and pods lend a striking touch to the garden. Okra Seeds - Texas Hill Country Red belongs to a diverse cultivated plant lineage shaped by regional gardeners, farmers, and seedkeepers over time. Its continued presence in gardens reflects selection for usefulness, beauty, resilience, flavor, or cultural value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Texas Hill Country Red from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Texas Hill Country Red Okra\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; an optional short warm-water soak may speed imbibition, but is not required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring. Space plants 18 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Texas Hill Country Red early enough for its season, transplant after cold stress has passed, and harvest on schedule. Support requirement: No-Support; remove damaged fruit promptly and keep foliage dry when disease pressure is high. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexas Hill Country Red is best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Harvest form or size: 6-8 inches. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. The heirloom okra of Texas flavor and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Texas Hill Country Red Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Okra flowers can cross through insect activity. Isolate varieties or control pollination, and select several healthy true-to-type plants before pods are harvested for eating. Leave designated pods until they are brown, dry, and beginning to split, then collect before seed is lost. Dry pods under cover, thresh, screen, and winnow. Wear gloves if dry pods or stems irritate skin. Label the lot with population, isolation, pod type, plant height, year, and germination test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Texas Hill Country Red for aphids, stink bugs, Japanese beetles, flea beetles, caterpillars, leaf spots, root-knot nematodes, and tough overmature pods. Rotate crops, maintain steady growth, and harvest every day or two once pods begin forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Texas Hill Country Red ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from direct sowing to first young-pod harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61–72 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a properly sized container with reliable drainage, moisture, and room for the mature plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. The heirloom okra of Texas flavor and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e75 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046093799726,"sku":"OK3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/okra-seeds-texas-hill-country-red-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ok3-93799726-2196203.jpg?v=1767989149"},{"product_id":"tam-jalapeno","title":"Pepper Seeds - Mild - TAM Mild Jalapeño-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTAM Mild Jalapeño-1 pepper seeds grow into upright, erect plants reaching 25–30 in, bearing green fruit about 3 in long, thick-walled jalapeño type. Heat category: Hot. It is especially suited to mild jalapeño flavor, pickling, stuffing, salsa, nacho rings, and warm-climate production. Maturity is 60-69 Days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout TAM Mild Jalapeño-1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTAM Mild Jalapeño-1 is a mild chile pepper grown as Capsicum annuum L. Plants have an upright, erect habit and reach 25–30 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Green, with fruit described as about 3 in long, thick-walled jalapeño type. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 60-69 Days. Names associated with this variety include TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 pepper, Pepper Seeds - Hot - Tam Jalapeño.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e18 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eGreen; About 3 in long, thick-walled jalapeño type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat:\u003c\/strong\u003eHot; About 1,100 SHU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTAM Mild Jalapeño-1 was developed by the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station at Weslaco and released in 1981. The published release identifies it as an open-pollinated Veracruz-type jalapeño selected for mild pungency, compact plant form, concentrated early fruit set, high-temperature fruit setting, and resistance to several important pepper viruses. Its parentage included USDA PI 342947, Avelar, and Jalapeño L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“TAM” refers to the Texas A\u0026amp;M agricultural system and should not be treated as a generic label for every mild jalapeño. The cultivar belongs to modern public plant breeding, while the jalapeño crop type itself rests within the much older history of chile domestication and cultivation in Mexico. Keeping those two histories separate preserves both the breeding record and the deeper crop history without assigning unsupported cultural claims to a modern cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available sources do not establish a named person’s tribal identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTAM Mild Jalapeño-1 is best suited to mild jalapeño flavor, pickling, stuffing, salsa, nacho rings, and warm-climate production. Its flavor is classic green jalapeño flavor with deliberately mild heat. Harvest stage matters: immature fruit is usually firmer and greener in flavor, while fully colored fruit is generally softer, sweeter, or more aromatic. Use hot varieties carefully and measure them according to the needs of the recipe rather than assuming one pod equals another. TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 is especially useful for mild jalapeño flavor, pickling, stuffing, salsa, nacho rings, and warm-climate production. Flavor and eating quality are described as classic green jalapeño flavor with deliberately mild heat. Heat classification: Hot; listed range: About 1,100 SHU. Pungency can shift with genetics, weather, water stress, and ripeness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow TAM Mild Jalapeño-1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 indoors about 8 to 10 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/4 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 7–14 Days near 75–90 °F. Provide strong light as soon as seedlings emerge, pot up before roots become crowded, and harden plants gradually before transplanting after nights are reliably warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and avoid excessive nitrogen. Install stake early where the upright, erect plant or fruit load warrants it. Mature height is 25–30 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Warmth matters most during germination; keep TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 seed warm without leaving the medium saturated.\n• Harden seedlings gradually and wait for warm nights before transplanting, because cold soil and wind can stall peppers for weeks.\n• Install stake before branches carry a heavy crop, and keep moisture even while fruit is setting.\n• Harvest at the color stage suited to the recipe, but leave fruit fully mature on selected plants when saving seed.\n• Use 60-69 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from transplant to first representative harvest; the same value is used in every description. Peppers can often be used at an immature green or transitional color, but fully ripe color is required for mature seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses. To save TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 true to type, grow several healthy representative plants, isolate them from compatible pepper varieties or use blossom bags or cages, and remove clear off-types before flowering. Allow selected fruit to reach full biological color, handle hot fruit with gloves, remove the seed, dry it in a thin labeled layer until fully hard and dry, then store it cool, dark, and dry. Keep the harvest year, source, isolation method, and selection notes with the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is TAM Mild Jalapeño-1 ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 60-69 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7–14 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 25–30 in. Growth habit: Upright\/Erect. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild jalapeño flavor, pickling, stuffing, salsa, nacho rings, and warm-climate production\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046105268526,"sku":"HPP12","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/pepper-seeds-hot-tam-jalapeno-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-hpp12-05268526-4188963.jpg?v=1767989128"},{"product_id":"yellow-petite-watermelon","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Compact Vine - Yellow Petite","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Petite Watermelon seeds produce yellow watermelon, Small personal-size fruit; verify lot standard, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to small gardens, raised beds, large containers, personal-sized fruit, and gardeners seeking yellow watermelon. bright, crisp, honey-sweet yellow watermelon flavor Bring yellow-fleshed watermelon into smaller gardens with manageable fruit and comparatively compact vines.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Yellow Petite\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Petite is an annual watermelon with yellow color, 37–48 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: Small personal-size fruit; verify lot standard. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for small gardens, raised beds, large containers, personal-sized fruit, and gardeners seeking yellow watermelon. Bright, crisp, honey-sweet yellow watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Petite is a compact yellow-fleshed watermelon selected for manageable fruit and garden space. Its value is practical rather than legendary: unusual color, smaller melons, and a crop that can fit where giant watermelon vines cannot. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Yellow Petite watermelon seeds produce small round watermelons with yellow flesh on comparatively compact plants. The defining kitchen quality is bright, crisp, honey-sweet yellow watermelon flavor. Yellow Petite watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing. Public breeder or accession records do not fully document the exact strain sold as Yellow Petite. The supplied name and observable traits are retained without adding an unsupported lineage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37–48 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Yellow Petite from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Yellow Petite Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Yellow Petite enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Petite is best for small gardens, raised beds, large containers, personal-sized fruit, and gardeners seeking yellow watermelon. Harvest form or size: Small personal-size fruit; verify lot standard. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Yellow. Bright, crisp, honey-sweet yellow watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Yellow Petite Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Yellow Petite for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Yellow Petite ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 37–48 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: small gardens, raised beds, large containers, personal-sized fruit, and gardeners seeking yellow watermelon. Bright, crisp, honey-sweet yellow watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046109298990,"sku":"WM5","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/watermelon-seeds-bush-yellow-petite-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm5-09298990-3456679.jpg?v=1774067920"},{"product_id":"long-island-cheese-pumpkin","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Long Island Cheese","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong Island Cheese Pumpkin \/ winter squash seeds produce cream pumpkin \/ winter squash, 6-12 pounds, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar Long Island Cheese Pumpkin Seeds produce historic heirloom pumpkin with smooth tan skin and dense, sweet flesh ideal for pies and soups.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Long Island Cheese\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong Island Cheese is an annual pumpkin \/ winter squash with cream color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 6-12 pounds. Botanically it is Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong Island Cheese circulates as a named pumpkin \/ winter squash within the cultivated history of Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Seed sold as Long Island Cheese is identified by its cream color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Long Island Cheese is a historic American heirloom winter squash named for its flattened, ribbed shape, which resembles a wheel of cheese. This versatile storage squash is excellent for pies, soups, roasting, sautéing, and other autumn dishes. Pumpkin Seeds - Long Island Cheese belongs to a crop lineage strongly associated with Mesoamerican agriculture and long traditions of seed selection. Growers preserved useful traits such as flavor, color, yield, field adaptation, and culinary value over many generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita moschata Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Long Island Cheese from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Long Island Cheese Pumpkin \/ winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 48 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Long Island Cheese enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong Island Cheese is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 6-12 pounds. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Cream. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Long Island Cheese Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Long Island Cheese for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Long Island Cheese ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046111985966,"sku":"SQ13","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/pumpkin-seeds-long-island-cheese-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq13-11985966-1193431.jpg?v=1767989116"},{"product_id":"cherokee-candy-roaster","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Cherokee Candy Roaster","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCherokee Candy Roaster Winter squash seeds produce orange winter squash, 10-20 pounds, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. ‘Cherokee Candy Roaster’ produces elongated, pink-orange fruits with blue-green tips and dense, golden flesh that’s exceptionally sweet and flavorful. Cherokee Candy Roaster Squash Seeds produce appalachian heirloom with long, pink fruits and sweet, smooth flesh perfect for pies.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cherokee Candy Roaster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Candy Roaster is an annual winter squash with orange color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 10-20 pounds. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. ‘Cherokee Candy Roaster’ produces elongated, pink-orange fruits with blue-green tips and dense, golden flesh that’s exceptionally sweet and flavorful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Candy Roaster is a long-fruited winter squash name strongly associated with Cherokee and southern Appalachian seedkeeping and cooking. Commercial lots sold under the name can differ in shape, color, and size, and the current lot has not been independently authenticated by a Cherokee community. The variety is valued for dense, sweet flesh, roasting and pie quality, and storage. The documented regional association is retained without claiming an uninterrupted custody chain, and stronger community-specific provenance should be added only when supplier and seed-lot records support it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Cherokee Candy Roaster from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Cherokee Candy Roaster Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Cherokee Candy Roaster enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Candy Roaster is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 10-20 pounds. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Orange. ‘Cherokee Candy Roaster’ produces elongated, pink-orange fruits with blue-green tips and dense, golden flesh that’s exceptionally sweet and flavorful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Cherokee Candy Roaster Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Cherokee Candy Roaster for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Cherokee Candy Roaster ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. ‘Cherokee Candy Roaster’ produces elongated, pink-orange fruits with blue-green tips and dense, golden flesh that’s exceptionally sweet and flavorful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046116311342,"sku":"SQ14","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-winter-vining-cherokee-candy-roaster-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq14-16311342-3612395.jpg?v=1774067789"},{"product_id":"bonny-best-tomato","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Bonny Best","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonny Best tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing red fruit about 8 oz. This slicing tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, salads, cooking, and tested canning recipes. Maturity is 70-79 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bonny Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonny Best is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Red, with fruit described as about 8 oz. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 70-79 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Bonny Best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed; About 8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonny Best is an open-pollinated main-season tomato on indeterminate plants. Bonny Best Tomato Seeds belongs to the long record of tomato selection that began with domestication in the Americas and continued through farmers, gardeners, public breeders, market growers, and seedkeepers. Where a precise breeder or family chain is not supported by a primary record, this page does not invent one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety is described through observable fruit, plant habit, use, and the records kept by people who continue to grow it. Bonny Best is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) slicing tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonny Best is best for fresh slicing, salads, cooking, and tested canning recipes. The expected flavor is classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. Fruit is described as red and about 8 oz. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Bonny Best is especially useful for fresh slicing, salads, cooking, and tested canning recipes. Flavor and eating quality are described as classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Bonny Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Bonny Best indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Bonny Best strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 70-79 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Bonny Best, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Bonny Best ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 70-79 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, salads, cooking, and tested canning recipes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046130663726,"sku":"TM15","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-bonny-best-standard-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tm15-30663726-8648558.jpg?v=1767989085"},{"product_id":"hillbilly-tomato","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Hillbilly Beefsteak Regular Leaf","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHillbilly (Regular Leaf) tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 73–96 in, bearing mixed fruit large bicolor beefsteak fruit, commonly 10–20 oz. This beefsteak tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, sandwiches, tomato plates, salads, and tasting gardens. Maturity is 80-89 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Hillbilly (Regular Leaf)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHillbilly (Regular Leaf) is a beefsteak tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 73–96 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Mixed, with fruit described as large bicolor beefsteak fruit, commonly 10–20 oz. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Hillbilly Beefsteak Regular Leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eMixed; Large bicolor beefsteak fruit, commonly 10–20 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHillbilly is a long-circulating open-pollinated beefsteak tomato known in seed records for large yellow fruit streaked or marbled with red. Some records distinguish regular-leaf and potato-leaf strains, and the seed product is specifically maintained as the regular-leaf line. Because strain names can be reused or shortened in commerce, this page keeps the leaf-type distinction visible rather than treating every Hillbilly listing as identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe catalog does not assign a breeder, family chain, or community origin that the reviewed institutional record does not establish. Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) beefsteak tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story. Public records do not yet establish every detail of the exact Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) seed line now in circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eObservable plant and fruit traits can be described, but a fuller breeder, supplier, accession, or family record should be added only when documentation for this maintained lot becomes available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHillbilly (Regular Leaf) is best for fresh slicing, sandwiches, tomato plates, salads, and tasting gardens. The expected flavor is rich, full-bodied slicing-tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. Fruit is described as mixed and large bicolor beefsteak fruit, commonly 10–20 oz. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) is especially useful for fresh slicing, sandwiches, tomato plates, salads, and tasting gardens. Flavor and eating quality are described as rich, full-bodied slicing-tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Hillbilly (Regular Leaf)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Hillbilly (Regular Leaf), save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Hillbilly (Regular Leaf) ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 73–96 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, sandwiches, tomato plates, salads, and tasting gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046132597038,"sku":"TS4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-hillbilly-beefsteak-regular-leaf-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ts4-32597038-5527751.jpg?v=1767989078"},{"product_id":"kentucky-beefsteak-tomato","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Kentucky Beefsteak","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKentucky Beefsteak tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing orange fruit up to about 2 lb. This beefsteak tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. Maturity is 90-99 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Kentucky Beefsteak\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Beefsteak is a beefsteak tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Orange, with fruit described as up to about 2 lb. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 90-99 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Kentucky Beefsteak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eOrange; Up to about 2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Beefsteak Tomato Seeds belongs to the long record of tomato selection that began with domestication in the Americas and continued through farmers, gardeners, public breeders, market growers, and seedkeepers. Where a precise breeder or family chain is not supported by a primary record, this page does not invent one. The variety is described through observable fruit, plant habit, use, and the records kept by people who continue to grow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Beefsteak is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) beefsteak tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page. Where the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Beefsteak is best for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. The expected flavor is sweet, mild, fruit-forward tomato flavor with gentle acidity. Fruit is described as orange and up to about 2 lb. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Kentucky Beefsteak is especially useful for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. Flavor and eating quality are described as sweet, mild, fruit-forward tomato flavor with gentle acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Kentucky Beefsteak\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Kentucky Beefsteak indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Kentucky Beefsteak strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 90-99 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Kentucky Beefsteak, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Kentucky Beefsteak ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 90-99 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046132990254,"sku":"TO7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_349041074.jpg?v=1767989076"},{"product_id":"vates-collards","title":"Collard Seeds - Vates Collard","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVates Collards seeds produce a compact collard selected for uniform, dark leaves and dependable cool-season harvest. Vates Collards performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Smaller gardens, compact rows, fall harvest, and repeated cutting are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Vates Collard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Collard is a biennial selection of collards, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 25–30 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include medium broad leaves; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Collard deserves a separate record because cultivar names can carry differences in harvest stage, plant form, flavor, or regional performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Vates collard strains were selected through American public and commercial breeding for practical garden performance. This seed lot is presented by its horticultural type. Vates collard strains were selected through American public and commercial breeding for practical garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Viridis Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Vates Collard from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Medium broad leaves. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Vates Collard plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Vates Collard is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Vates Collard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Vates Collard ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 25–30 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046139609390,"sku":"OG7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/collard-seeds-vates-collard-collard-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-og7-736140.jpg?v=1767988400"},{"product_id":"tomato-german-johnson","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - German Johnson","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGerman Johnson tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing pink fruit often more than 1 lb. This beefsteak tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. Maturity is 80-89 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout German Johnson\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGerman Johnson is a beefsteak tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Pink, with fruit described as often more than 1 lb. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - German Johnson Beefsteak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003ePink; Often more than 1 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGerman Johnson is an open-pollinated indeterminate beefsteak tomato. German Johnson is strongly associated with Southern and North Carolina garden culture. NC State Extension lists it among familiar slicing tomatoes, but individual strains and family histories can differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a clear seed-lot record and let the crop’s stable traits carry the name honestly. German Johnson is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) beefsteak tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGerman Johnson is best for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. The expected flavor is rich, full-bodied slicing-tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. Fruit is described as pink and often more than 1 lb. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. German Johnson is especially useful for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays. Flavor and eating quality are described as rich, full-bodied slicing-tomato flavor with balanced sweetness and acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow German Johnson\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart German Johnson indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give German Johnson strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain German Johnson, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is German Johnson ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and large-fruit displays\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046209110318,"sku":"TK3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-german-johnson-beefsteak-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tk3-09110318-3407618.jpg?v=1767988374"},{"product_id":"cow-horn-okra","title":"Okra Seeds - Cow Horn","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCow Horn Okra seeds grow into upright\/erect plants about 61–72 in, bearing green 10 inches. Use the harvest for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews Cow Horn Okra Seeds produce southern heirloom okra producing long, curved pods with excellent flavor and heat tolerance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cow Horn\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCow Horn is an annual okra with green color, 61–72 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 10 inches. Botanically it is Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Maturity or first bloom: 60-69 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCow Horn circulates as a named okra within the cultivated history of Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Seed sold as Cow Horn is identified by its green color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The large pods hold their tenderness longer than most, making harvests forgiving and generous. An old heirloom cherished across the Deep South, ‘Cow Horn’ is prized for its productivity, flavor, and resilience - an okra as enduring as the soil it grows in. Okra Seeds - Cow Horn belongs to a diverse cultivated plant lineage shaped by regional gardeners, farmers, and seedkeepers over time. Its continued presence in gardens reflects selection for usefulness, beauty, resilience, flavor, or cultural value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAbelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Cow Horn from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Cow Horn Okra\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; an optional short warm-water soak may speed imbibition, but is not required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring. Space plants 18 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Cow Horn early enough for its season, transplant after cold stress has passed, and harvest on schedule. Support requirement: No-Support; remove damaged fruit promptly and keep foliage dry when disease pressure is high. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 60-69 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCow Horn is best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Harvest form or size: 10 inches. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Cow Horn Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Okra flowers can cross through insect activity. Isolate varieties or control pollination, and select several healthy true-to-type plants before pods are harvested for eating. Leave designated pods until they are brown, dry, and beginning to split, then collect before seed is lost. Dry pods under cover, thresh, screen, and winnow. Wear gloves if dry pods or stems irritate skin. Label the lot with population, isolation, pod type, plant height, year, and germination test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Cow Horn for aphids, stink bugs, Japanese beetles, flea beetles, caterpillars, leaf spots, root-knot nematodes, and tough overmature pods. Rotate crops, maintain steady growth, and harvest every day or two once pods begin forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Cow Horn ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to first young-pod harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61–72 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a properly sized container with reliable drainage, moisture, and room for the mature plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Tender young pods with the thickening quality valued in soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e75 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046211993902,"sku":"OK6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/aonsk-cow-horn-okra-harvest-istock-2234976183_ef0b3c83-e532-4fb0-8a9f-f91c9f60b0d8.jpg?v=1786315481"},{"product_id":"jimmy-red-corn","title":"Corn Seeds - Dent - Jimmy Red","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJimmy Red Dent corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 97–120 in and producing approximately 10–12 in ears. The red kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Jimmy Red Corn Seeds produce a stunning heirloom dent corn prized for its deep red color, rich nutty flavor, and Southern heritage in grits, cornbread, and whiskey.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Jimmy Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJimmy Red is an annual dent corn with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Approximately 10–12 in ears. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. ‘Jimmy Red’ is a deep crimson dent corn celebrated for its rich, nutty flavor and stunning color that glows from ruby to wine-red on every cob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJimmy Red is a red dent corn preserved through continuing agricultural and culinary use in the American South. Slow Food's Ark of Taste and University of Missouri Extension describe its renewed importance for cornmeal, grits, and distilling, where the deep red grain contributes both color and a distinctive grain flavor. The seed offered here follows the cultivar name supplied with the seed lot; growers saving seed should retain source and lot records so the population's identity remains traceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Jimmy Red from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Jimmy Red Dent corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Jimmy Red in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJimmy Red is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Approximately 10–12 in ears. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. ‘Jimmy Red’ is a deep crimson dent corn celebrated for its rich, nutty flavor and stunning color that glows from ruby to wine-red on every cob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Jimmy Red Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJimmy Red can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Jimmy Red ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. ‘Jimmy Red’ is a deep crimson dent corn celebrated for its rich, nutty flavor and stunning color that glows from ruby to wine-red on every cob.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046212452654,"sku":"CN31","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/corn-seeds-dent-jimmy-red-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cn31-12452654-7479967.jpg?v=1767988370"},{"product_id":"asian-sour-leaf-roselle","title":"Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAsian Sour Leaf Roselle seeds grow into upright\/erect plants about 61–72 in, bearing red Edible leaves and fleshy calyces; size varies. Use the harvest for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf is a fast-growing, heat-loving hibiscus variety prized for its tangy, lemony leaves and vibrant red calyces. Asian Sour Leaf is classified as roselle with red harvest color with edible leaves and fleshy calyces; size varies, selected for tangy edible leaves, calyces, tea, preserves, and long warm seasons.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Asian Sour Leaf\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsian Sour Leaf is an annual roselle with red color, 61–72 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Edible leaves and fleshy calyces; size varies. Botanically it is Hibiscus sabdariffa L. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-14 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf is a fast-growing, heat-loving hibiscus variety prized for its tangy, lemony leaves and vibrant red calyces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsian Sour Leaf circulates as a named roselle within the cultivated history of Hibiscus sabdariffa L. Seed sold as Asian Sour Leaf is identified by its red color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf is a fast-growing, heat-loving hibiscus variety prized for its tangy, lemony leaves and vibrant red calyces. Widely used in Asian, African, and Caribbean cuisines, this versatile plant produces abundant edible foliage well suited for soups, stews, and fresh greens, while later developing striking red pods commonly used for teas, juices, and preserves. Its bold flavor, high productivity, and dual-purpose harvest make it both a culinary staple and a visually striking addition to gardens, thriving especially well in warm climates with long growing seasons. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf belongs to a crop lineage strongly associated with Mesoamerican agriculture and long traditions of seed selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eHibiscus sabdariffa L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Asian Sour Leaf from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Asian Sour Leaf Roselle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Hibiscus sabdariffa L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/8 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-14 Days. Start indoors in clean warm mix, maintain even moisture, and provide strong light immediately after emergence\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring. Space plants 24 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Asian Sour Leaf early enough for its season, transplant after cold stress has passed, and harvest on schedule. Support requirement: No-Support; remove damaged fruit promptly and keep foliage dry when disease pressure is high. Expected emergence is 7-14 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsian Sour Leaf is best for warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Harvest form or size: Edible leaves and fleshy calyces; size varies. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf is a fast-growing, heat-loving hibiscus variety prized for its tangy, lemony leaves and vibrant red calyces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Asian Sour Leaf Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Select healthy plants with the intended leaf and calyx traits. Allow capsules to mature and dry on the plant as long as weather permits, then harvest before shattering or prolonged wet conditions. Finish drying under cover, open or thresh capsules, screen away chaff, and store only fully dry seed. Record the growing season, flowering date, calyx traits, plant height, isolation from other roselle, and germination test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Asian Sour Leaf for aphids, whiteflies, caterpillars, leaf spots, root rot in wet soil, and delayed flowering in short or cool seasons. Give plants heat, airflow, drainage, and enough time for the intended leaf, calyx, or seed harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Asian Sour Leaf ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from transplanting under warm conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-14 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61–72 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a properly sized container with reliable drainage, moisture, and room for the mature plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: warm-season kitchen gardens, supported plants, fresh harvest, and preserving. Roselle Seeds - Asian Sour Leaf is a fast-growing, heat-loving hibiscus variety prized for its tangy, lemony leaves and vibrant red calyces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e10 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046222938414,"sku":"RS1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/roselle-seeds-asian-sour-leaf-1-all-vegetables-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-rs1-400425.jpg?v=1767988358"},{"product_id":"radish-seeds-champion","title":"Radish Seeds - Champion","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dependable, quick-growing red radish. ‘Champion’ produces round, bright scarlet roots with crisp white flesh and mild, refreshing flavor. The texture is tender, never woody, even when grown large. An All-America Selections winner from 1957, ‘Champion’ remains one of the most consistent and productive radishes ever developed-uniform, tasty, and garden-ready in weeks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Champion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChampion is an annual selection of radish, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate; crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Champion as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire radish crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese root crops were selected in Eurasian farming traditions for rapid growth, root form, storage, greens, and cold-season use. Small salad radishes, long daikon types, turnips, and rutabagas differ in species or crop group and should not share one generic maturity or harvest description. Radish Seeds - Champion belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-29 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSandy loam; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Champion from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 2 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use sandy loam with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 20-29 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate. Uses: Fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated radish. Best uses include fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Champion plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated radish. Radish cultivars can cross through insect-carried pollen. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Champion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Champion ready? Use 20-29 Days. Approximately 20-29 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 2 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated radish. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47692342460718,"sku":"RD7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/radish-seeds-champion-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-rd7-42460718-2629001.jpg?v=1767988330"},{"product_id":"carrot-seeds-tendersweet","title":"Carrot Seeds - Tendersweet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe name says it all. ‘Tendersweet’ is renowned for its exceptionally tender, coreless roots and refined sweetness. The flavor is mild yet rich, and the roots stay tender even when large-living up to their name in every sense.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tendersweet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTendersweet is a biennial selection of carrot, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color; sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe value of Tendersweet is in the combination of its named traits, rosette growth, and fit for fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCultivated carrots were shaped from Eurasian wild carrot populations, with early selection emphasizing aromatic roots and later regional selection producing familiar orange, yellow, white, red, and purple garden forms. Modern market classes such as Nantes, Danvers, Chantenay, Imperator, and round forcing types describe root form more reliably than an unsupported pedigree story. Carrot Seeds - Tendersweet belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eDaucus carota L. subsp. sativus (Hoffm.) Arcang.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-21 Days at 55–70 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSandy loam; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Tendersweet from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 10-21 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 55–70 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: Optional short soak; do not leave seed waterlogged. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 2 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use sandy loam with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color. Uses: Fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Best uses include fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Tendersweet plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Compatible plants of the same species can cross through insect activity; wild relatives matter for carrot and parsnip. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Tendersweet is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Carrot rust fly or root maggot where present, aphids, caterpillars, leaf spots, damping-off, and uneven emergence from crusted soil. Management: Use clean seedbeds, rotation, careful watering, prompt thinning, airflow, and locally appropriate exclusion methods. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Tendersweet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Tendersweet ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 10-21 Days at about 55–70 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 2 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47692392268078,"sku":"CR11","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/carrot-seeds-tendersweet-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cr11-92268078-9347378.jpg?v=1767988325"},{"product_id":"watermelon-seeds-congo-update-information","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Congo","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCongo Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, 20-40 pounds, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a classic, large-fruited heirloom watermelon known for its impressive size, deep red flesh, and exceptionally sweet, juicy flavor. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a powerhouse heirloom watermelon delivering massive, deep-red fruits packed with bold sweetness and built for serious summer harvests.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Congo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCongo is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 20-40 pounds. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a classic, large-fruited heirloom watermelon known for its impressive size, deep red flesh, and exceptionally sweet, juicy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCongo circulates as a named watermelon within the cultivated history of Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Seed sold as Congo is identified by its red color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a classic, large-fruited heirloom watermelon known for its impressive size, deep red flesh, and exceptionally sweet, juicy flavor. The flesh is firm, bright red, and finely textured, making it ideal for fresh eating, slicing, and sharing. Congo Watermelon Seeds thrive in warm, sunny conditions with plenty of space for vines to spread, producing high yields of large, uniform melons. Congo watermelon is a classic American heirloom variety of Citrullus lanatus, with roots deeply tied to the agricultural and cultural history of watermelon cultivation in the United States, particularly in the Southeast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Congo from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Congo Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Congo enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCongo is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 20-40 pounds. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a classic, large-fruited heirloom watermelon known for its impressive size, deep red flesh, and exceptionally sweet, juicy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Congo Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Congo for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Congo ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Congo Watermelon Seeds produce a classic, large-fruited heirloom watermelon known for its impressive size, deep red flesh, and exceptionally sweet, juicy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47933073260846,"sku":"WM6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/watermelon-seeds-congo-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm6-576981.jpg?v=1767987647"},{"product_id":"tomato-seeds-arkansas-traveler","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Arkansas Traveler","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArkansas Traveler tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 61–72 in, bearing pink fruit about 5–8 oz. This slicing tomato is especially suited to fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and cooked dishes. Maturity is 70-79 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Arkansas Traveler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArkansas Traveler is a slicing tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 61–72 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Pink, with fruit described as about 5–8 oz. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 70-79 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Arkansas Traveler Slicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e61–72 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003ePink; About 5–8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArkansas Traveler is closely associated with Arkansas tomato breeding and regional adaptation. Public Extension records describe its place in the state’s tomato history and its reputation for producing through heat and humidity. The variety should be evaluated as a regional workhorse, not marketed through invented antiquity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArkansas Traveler is a main-season heirloom tomato on indeterminate plants. Arkansas Traveler is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) slicing tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Non-GMO; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArkansas Traveler is best for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and cooked dishes. The expected flavor is classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. Fruit is described as pink and about 5–8 oz. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Arkansas Traveler is especially useful for fresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and cooked dishes. Flavor and eating quality are described as classic sweet-tart tomato flavor with juicy flesh and balanced acidity. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Arkansas Traveler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Arkansas Traveler indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 61–72 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Arkansas Traveler strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 70-79 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Arkansas Traveler, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Arkansas Traveler ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 70-79 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 61–72 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh slicing, sandwiches, salads, and cooked dishes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47937129447726,"sku":"TM42","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-arkansas-traveler-slicing-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tm42-29447726-3348886.jpg?v=1767987644"},{"product_id":"watermelon-seeds-dixie-queen","title":"Watermelon Seeds -Vining - Dixie Queen","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDixie Queen Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, 25-30 pounds, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is deep red, crisp, and wonderfully sweet, with old-fashioned juiciness that defines true watermelon flavor. Dixie Queen Watermelon Seeds produce classic striped heirloom watermelon with crisp, refreshing red flesh and old-time sweetness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Dixie Queen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDixie Queen is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 25-30 pounds. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is deep red, crisp, and wonderfully sweet, with old-fashioned juiciness that defines true watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDixie Queen circulates as a named watermelon within the cultivated history of Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Seed sold as Dixie Queen is identified by its red color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The Southern striped classic of homegrown abundance. ‘Dixie Queen’ produces large, round melons with light green rinds banded in darker green stripes. The flesh is deep red, crisp, and wonderfully sweet, with old-fashioned juiciness that defines true watermelon flavor. Watermelon Seeds -Vining - Dixie Queen belongs to a diverse cultivated plant lineage shaped by regional gardeners, farmers, and seedkeepers over time. Its continued presence in gardens reflects selection for usefulness, beauty, resilience, flavor, or cultural value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Dixie Queen from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Dixie Queen Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Dixie Queen enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDixie Queen is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 25-30 pounds. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. The flesh is deep red, crisp, and wonderfully sweet, with old-fashioned juiciness that defines true watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Dixie Queen Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Dixie Queen for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Dixie Queen ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is deep red, crisp, and wonderfully sweet, with old-fashioned juiciness that defines true watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48073500197166,"sku":"WM9","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/watermelon-seeds-vining-dixie-queen-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm9-00197166-1606697.jpg?v=1774067843"},{"product_id":"watermelon-seeds-black-diamond","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Black Diamond","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Diamond Watermelon seeds produce red watermelon, commonly 35-50 lb under generous spacing and a long warm season, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to large gardens, family gatherings, market displays, and growers who want an imposing heirloom watermelon. sweet, juicy, old-fashioned red watermelon flavor Grow enormous dark-rinded watermelons with sweet red flesh and classic Southern garden presence.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Black Diamond\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Diamond is an annual watermelon with red color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: commonly 35-50 lb under generous spacing and a long warm season. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for large gardens, family gatherings, market displays, and growers who want an imposing heirloom watermelon. Sweet, juicy, old-fashioned red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Diamond is a long-circulated American watermelon associated with Southern gardens and large-fruited summer harvests. Exact introduction stories vary, so the variety is best presented through its documented garden traits rather than a single unsupported origin claim. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Black Diamond watermelon seeds produce very large, dark-rinded watermelons with deep red flesh. The defining kitchen quality is sweet, juicy, old-fashioned red watermelon flavor. Black Diamond watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Black Diamond from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Black Diamond Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Black Diamond enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Diamond is best for large gardens, family gatherings, market displays, and growers who want an imposing heirloom watermelon. Harvest form or size: commonly 35-50 lb under generous spacing and a long warm season. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Red. Sweet, juicy, old-fashioned red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Black Diamond Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Black Diamond for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Black Diamond ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: large gardens, family gatherings, market displays, and growers who want an imposing heirloom watermelon. Sweet, juicy, old-fashioned red watermelon flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48076701106478,"sku":"WM8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/watermelon-seeds-vining-black-diamond-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm8-01106478-6938329.jpg?v=1774067812"},{"product_id":"watermelon-seeds-tendersweet-orange","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Vining - Tendersweet Orange","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTendersweet Orange Watermelon seeds produce orange watermelon, often 25-35 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to large orange-fleshed watermelons, fresh slicing, heirloom gardens, and growers with a long warm season. smooth, honeyed sweetness and tender orange flesh Harvest large light-rinded melons filled with tender orange flesh and mellow honeyed sweetness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tendersweet Orange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTendersweet Orange is an annual watermelon with orange color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: often 25-35 lb. Botanically it is Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 5-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for large orange-fleshed watermelons, fresh slicing, heirloom gardens, and growers with a long warm season. Smooth, honeyed sweetness and tender orange flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTendersweet Orange is a long-circulated orange-fleshed watermelon valued for its unusual color and mild, sweet eating quality. Because origin claims are inconsistent, the history is limited to documented crop behavior and fruit traits. Botanical record: Citrullus lanatus var. lanatus. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Tendersweet Orange watermelon seeds produce elongated light green watermelons with bright orange flesh. The defining kitchen quality is smooth, honeyed sweetness and tender orange flesh. Tendersweet Orange watermelon seeds are warm-season seed. The vines need full sun, warm soil, fertile drainage, and steady moisture while fruit is sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 48 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Tendersweet Orange from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Tendersweet Orange Watermelon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. \u0026amp; Nakai. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 5-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 48 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Tendersweet Orange enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 5-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTendersweet Orange is best for large orange-fleshed watermelons, fresh slicing, heirloom gardens, and growers with a long warm season. Harvest form or size: often 25-35 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Orange. Smooth, honeyed sweetness and tender orange flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Tendersweet Orange Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Melons are insect-pollinated and varieties of the same species can cross. Isolate compatible varieties or use controlled pollination, and mark fruit from healthy true-to-type plants. Allow seed fruit to become fully ripe; eating ripeness and seed maturity should both be reached. Remove seed, separate pulp by washing or short fermentation as appropriate, rinse until clean, and dry in a thin layer with good airflow. Keep records of species, variety, plant count, isolation, ripeness test, fruit traits, and year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Tendersweet Orange for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Tendersweet Orange ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 5-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: large orange-fleshed watermelons, fresh slicing, heirloom gardens, and growers with a long warm season. Smooth, honeyed sweetness and tender orange flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48076766675246,"sku":"WM7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/watermelon-seeds-vining-tendersweet-orange-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-wm7-66675246-7286951.jpg?v=1767987623"},{"product_id":"white-egg-turnip","title":"Turnip Seeds - White Egg","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Egg Turnip ( Brassica rapa subsp. rapa ) is a classic heirloom root crop prized for its smooth, elongated, egg-shaped roots and exceptionally mild, sweet, and tender flesh. Known for its fast growth and reliable production, this variety thrives in cool weather and forms crisp, creamy-white turnips that remain delicate in flavor even at larger sizes. The greens are equally valuable, offering nutrient-rich, tender leaves suitable for cooking or fresh use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout White Egg\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Egg is a biennial selection of turnip, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Notable traits include white coloring; harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate; crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Egg deserves a separate record because cultivar names can carry differences in harvest stage, plant form, flavor, or regional performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese root crops were selected in Eurasian farming traditions for rapid growth, root form, storage, greens, and cold-season use. Small salad radishes, long daikon types, turnips, and rutabagas differ in species or crop group and should not share one generic maturity or harvest description. Turnip Seeds - White Egg belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Rapifera Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-39 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting White Egg from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate. Uses: Fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type White Egg plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. White Egg is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - White Egg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is White Egg ready? Use 30-39 Days. Approximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49581378797870,"sku":"TN3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/turnip-seeds-white-egg-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tn3-78797870-8916964.jpg?v=1767987557"},{"product_id":"corn-seeds-dent-earth-tones","title":"Corn Seeds - Dent - Earth Tones","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarth Tones Dent corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 97–120 in and producing 8–10 in ears. The mixed kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Earth Tones produces dry ears with muted rose, apricot, lavender, cream, green, and other pastel kernel colors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Earth Tones\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth Tones is an annual dent corn with mixed color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 8–10 in ears. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Full dry-corn flavor for meal, grits, hominy, or other processed grain uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth Tones is a named ornamental dent corn documented by Cornell Cooperative Extension for its pastel kernel colors, dent-corn class, ear size, and late-season maturity. The ears can combine muted rose, apricot, lavender, cream, green, and other soft tones, giving the dry harvest strong display value while retaining the starchy grain characteristics of dent corn. Cornell documents the cultivar as Earth Tones. No unsupported descent from a particular Indigenous, regional, or historic landrace is assigned without a source that establishes that relationship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Earth Tones from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Earth Tones Dent corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Earth Tones in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth Tones is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 8–10 in ears. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. Full dry-corn flavor for meal, grits, hominy, or other processed grain uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Earth Tones Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth Tones can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Earth Tones ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Full dry-corn flavor for meal, grits, hominy, or other processed grain uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49585906680110,"sku":"CN41","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/corn-seeds-dent-earth-tones-desert-pastel-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-onio849695231-06680110-8461127.jpg?v=1774059249"},{"product_id":"kale-seeds-vates-blue-scotch-curled","title":"Kale Seeds - Vates Blue Scotch Curled","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale seeds produce a compact, finely curled kale with blue-green leaves and strong cold-season garden value. Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Containers, compact beds, winter harvest, and dense curled leaves are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Vates Blue Scotch Curled\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled is a biennial selection of kale, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 25–30 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include blue coloring; compact finely curled leaves; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Vates Blue Scotch Curled when the garden plan calls for leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving and the listed rosette habit fits the available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Vates Blue Scotch Curled belongs to a long American seed-trade lineage of Scotch-type curled kales. Strains have been maintained by multiple growers and seed houses. Vates Blue Scotch Curled belongs to a long American seed-trade lineage of Scotch-type curled kales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Acephala Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Vates Blue Scotch Curled from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Compact finely curled leaves. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Vates Blue Scotch Curled plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Vates Blue Scotch Curled is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Vates Blue Scotch Curled\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Vates Blue Scotch Curled ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 25–30 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49739217568046,"sku":"KA6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/kale-seeds-vates-blue-scotch-curled-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ka6-17568046-3210030.jpg?v=1767987550"},{"product_id":"tomato-seeds-indeterminate-virginia-sweets","title":"Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Virginia Sweets","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVirginia Sweets tomato seeds grow into indeterminate plants reaching 49–60 in, bearing mixed fruit about 1 lb or larger. This beefsteak tomato is especially suited to large fresh slices, sandwiches, salads, and bicolor tomato plates. Maturity is 80-89 Days from transplanting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Virginia Sweets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia Sweets is a beefsteak tomato grown as Solanum lycopersicum L. Plants have an indeterminate habit and reach 49–60 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Mixed, with fruit described as about 1 lb or larger. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Tomato, Tomato Seeds - Indeterminate - Virginia Sweets, Virginia Sweets Tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eIndeterminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e49–60 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e6–12 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eMixed; About 1 lb or larger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia Sweets is an open-pollinated indeterminate bicolor beefsteak tomato. Virginia Sweets Tomato Seeds belongs to the long record of tomato selection that began with domestication in the Americas and continued through farmers, gardeners, public breeders, market growers, and seedkeepers. Where a precise breeder or family chain is not supported by a primary record, this page does not invent one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety is described through observable fruit, plant habit, use, and the records kept by people who continue to grow it. Virginia Sweets is maintained in this catalog as an open-pollinated (op) beefsteak tomato. Published records support the cultivar name and the observable fruit and plant traits used on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available documentation does not preserve a complete breeder, family, or community chain, Species-level tomato domestication in Andean South America is kept separate from the later history of this named cultivar, which may involve farmers, public breeders, gardeners, market growers, and seedkeepers in other regions. The listed heritage classification is Heirloom; it describes the catalog classification and does not prove an undocumented origin story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVirginia Sweets is best for large fresh slices, sandwiches, salads, and bicolor tomato plates. The expected flavor is flavor varies by component cultivar, from bright and sweet to rich and savory. Fruit is described as mixed and about 1 lb or larger. Use a tested current recipe for home canning; cultivar name alone does not establish safe acidity. Virginia Sweets is especially useful for large fresh slices, sandwiches, salads, and bicolor tomato plates. Flavor and eating quality are described as flavor varies by component cultivar, from bright and sweet to rich and savory. For home canning, use a tested current recipe; cultivar name, color, or perceived sweetness does not establish safe acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Virginia Sweets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Virginia Sweets indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/8 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Give seedlings strong light, move them into larger cells before they become root-bound, and harden them gradually before planting outside after frost danger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 30 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and keep foliage off wet soil where possible. Set up stake at transplanting. The indeterminate plant reaches 49–60 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Give Virginia Sweets strong light from emergence so seedlings remain stocky rather than stretched.\n• Install stake when transplanting; adding support after vines are large can damage roots and stems.\n• Water at the soil line and maintain even moisture to reduce cracking, blossom-end rot risk, and stress-related fruit problems.\n• Harvest when the fruit has reached its cultivar-specific color and gives slightly to gentle pressure; color alone can be misleading on green, purple, or striped varieties.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplanting under suitable conditions. Harvest when the cultivar-specific color has developed and the fruit gives slightly to gentle pressure; green-ripe, striped, purple, and dark cultivars require more than a simple red-color test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur. To maintain Virginia Sweets, save seed from several healthy true-to-type plants and bag unopened flower clusters when extra isolation is needed. Allow labeled fruit to ripen fully, squeeze the seed and gel into a container, ferment briefly until the gel releases, rinse clean, and dry the seed in a thin labeled layer. Store the finished lot cool and dry with the year, source, plant count, and isolation notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Virginia Sweets ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 6–12 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 49–60 in. Growth habit: Indeterminate. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge fresh slices, sandwiches, salads, and bicolor tomato plates\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are primarily self-pollinating, but occasional crossing can occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51047644430638,"sku":"TM72","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/tomato-seeds-indeterminate-virginia-sweets-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-tm72-44430638-9190581.jpg?v=1767987536"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-hot-pepper-cowhorn-cayenne","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Cowhorn Cayenne","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCowhorn Cayenne pepper seeds grow into upright, erect plants reaching 37–48 in, bearing red fruit about 8-10 in long. Heat category: Hot. It is especially suited to fresh and cooked hot-pepper use, drying, long-pod harvests, and seed saving from confirmed open-pollinated stock. Maturity is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cowhorn Cayenne\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCowhorn Cayenne is a hot chile pepper grown as Capsicum annuum L. Plants have an upright, erect habit and reach 37–48 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Red, with fruit described as about 8-10 in long. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 80-89 Days. Names associated with this variety include Cowhorn Pepper, Pepper Seeds - Hot Pepper - Cowhorn Cayenne.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e37–48 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e24 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed; About 8-10 in long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat:\u003c\/strong\u003eHot; 15,000-30,000 SHU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell records Cowhorn as an heirloom hot cayenne pepper with long pointed fruit about 8 to 10 inches long that ripen from green to red. Cornell also lists a 75-to-85-day harvest range, placing it among mid- to late-season annuum peppers. The name describes the curved horn-like shape rather than a separate botanical group or proof of one exclusive family lineage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCowhorn is used for more than one long curved hot-pepper selection in commerce. This page preserves Cornell’s documented heirloom type without claiming that every seed lot sold under the name has one identical family history. The available sources do not establish a named person’s tribal identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell lists Cowhorn at 75 to 85 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the long pods fresh in sauces, stir-fries, pickles, and cooked dishes, or allow them to turn red and dry them for flakes and powder. Split thick-walled fruit before drying. Heat intensity can vary with growing conditions. Pungency varies with genetics, temperature, water stress, fruit position, and ripeness; any heat figure is a range, not a promise for every pod. Cowhorn Cayenne is especially useful for fresh and cooked hot-pepper use, drying, long-pod harvests, and seed saving from confirmed open-pollinated stock. Flavor and eating quality are described as heat intensity can vary with growing conditions. Pungency varies with genetics, temperature, water stress, fruit position, and ripeness; any heat figure is a range, not a promise for every pod. Heat classification: Hot; listed range: 15,000-30,000 SHU. Pungency can shift with genetics, weather, water stress, and ripeness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Cowhorn Cayenne\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Cowhorn Cayenne indoors about 8 to 10 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/4 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 7–14 Days near 75–90 °F. Provide strong light as soon as seedlings emerge, pot up before roots become crowded, and harden plants gradually before transplanting after nights are reliably warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 24 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and avoid excessive nitrogen. Install stake early where the upright, erect plant or fruit load warrants it. Mature height is 37–48 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Warmth matters most during germination; keep Cowhorn Cayenne seed warm without leaving the medium saturated.\n• Harden seedlings gradually and wait for warm nights before transplanting, because cold soil and wind can stall peppers for weeks.\n• Install stake before branches carry a heavy crop, and keep moisture even while fruit is setting.\n• Harvest at the color stage suited to the recipe, but leave fruit fully mature on selected plants when saving seed.\n• Use 80-89 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from transplant to first representative harvest; the same value is used in every description. Peppers can often be used at an immature green or transitional color, but fully ripe color is required for mature seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses. To save Cowhorn Cayenne true to type, grow several healthy representative plants, isolate them from compatible pepper varieties or use blossom bags or cages, and remove clear off-types before flowering. Allow selected fruit to reach full biological color, handle hot fruit with gloves, remove the seed, dry it in a thin labeled layer until fully hard and dry, then store it cool, dark, and dry. Keep the harvest year, source, isolation method, and selection notes with the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Cowhorn Cayenne ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 80-89 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7–14 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 37–48 in. Growth habit: Upright\/Erect. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh and cooked hot-pepper use, drying, long-pod harvests, and seed saving from confirmed open-pollinated stock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51050224288046,"sku":"HPP37","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/pepper-seeds-hot-pepper-cowhorn-cayenne-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-hpp37-24288046-8327135.jpg?v=1767987510"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-hot-pepper-chocolate-habanero-black-congo","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Chocolate Habanero (Black Congo)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-editorial-detail\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line pepper seeds grow into shrubby plants reaching 37–48 in, bearing brown fruit about 2-3 in long, wrinkled lantern-shaped fruit. Heat category: Hot. It is especially suited to hot sauces, chile mash, marinades, drying, and carefully measured fresh use. Maturity is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line is a hot chile pepper grown as Capsicum chinense Jacq. Plants have a shrubby habit and reach 37–48 in; support is listed as stake. The principal mature or market color is Brown, with fruit described as about 2-3 in long, wrinkled lantern-shaped fruit. Reproductive classification: Open-Pollinated (OP). Maturity: 100-109 Days. Names associated with this variety include Chocolate Habanero, Chocolate Habanero pepper, Pepper Seeds - Hot Pepper - Chocolate Habanero (Black Congo).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eCapsicum chinense Jacq.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eShrubby\/Subshrub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e37–48 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e14–28 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e24 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eStake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBrown; About 2-3 in long, wrinkled lantern-shaped fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat:\u003c\/strong\u003eHot; 300,000-450,000 SHU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate Habanero and Black Congo are names used in the seed trade for dark-ripening Capsicum chinense peppers, but the names are not treated here as proof that every strain sold under them is identical. The current listing preserves both names because they are attached to the maintained seed lot. Its defensible identity rests in the species, dark brown ripe color, lantern-like fruit, long warm season, and high pungency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single documented breeder or formal release record for this exact lot has not been established from the public institutional record reviewed. That uncertainty belongs on the page rather than being replaced with an invented island, family, or Indigenous origin story. Selection should focus on healthy plants, characteristic fruit shape, brown maturity, aroma, heat, and consistent performance within the maintained population.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available sources do not establish a named person’s tribal identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFruit, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line is best suited to hot sauces, chile mash, marinades, drying, and carefully measured fresh use. Its flavor is smoky, fruity, earthy, and intensely hot. Harvest stage matters: immature fruit is usually firmer and greener in flavor, while fully colored fruit is generally softer, sweeter, or more aromatic. Use hot varieties carefully and measure them according to the needs of the recipe rather than assuming one pod equals another. Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line is especially useful for hot sauces, chile mash, marinades, drying, and carefully measured fresh use. Flavor and eating quality are described as smoky, fruity, earthy, and intensely hot. Heat classification: Hot; listed range: 300,000-450,000 SHU. Pungency can shift with genetics, weather, water stress, and ripeness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line indoors about 8 to 10 weeks before the last expected frost. Sow 1\/4 in deep in a warm, evenly moist seed-starting mix; expect 14–28 Days near 75–90 °F. Provide strong light as soon as seedlings emerge, pot up before roots become crowded, and harden plants gradually before transplanting after nights are reliably warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 24 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Maintain moderate moisture, mulch after the soil warms, and avoid excessive nitrogen. Install stake early where the shrubby plant or fruit load warrants it. Mature height is 37–48 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Warmth matters most during germination; keep Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line seed warm without leaving the medium saturated.\n• Harden seedlings gradually and wait for warm nights before transplanting, because cold soil and wind can stall peppers for weeks.\n• Install stake before branches carry a heavy crop, and keep moisture even while fruit is setting.\n• Harvest at the color stage suited to the recipe, but leave fruit fully mature on selected plants when saving seed.\n• Use 100-109 Days as a planning range rather than a guaranteed calendar date; weather and transplant stress can shift first harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and maturity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from transplant to first representative harvest; the same value is used in every description. Peppers can often be used at an immature green or transitional color, but fully ripe color is required for mature seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses. To save Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line true to type, grow several healthy representative plants, isolate them from compatible pepper varieties or use blossom bags or cages, and remove clear off-types before flowering. Allow selected fruit to reach full biological color, handle hot fruit with gloves, remove the seed, dry it in a thin labeled layer until fully hard and dry, then store it cool, dark, and dry. Keep the harvest year, source, isolation method, and selection notes with the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Chocolate Habanero \/ Black Congo seed-trade line ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlan around 100-109 Days. The listed range is a planning guide, and weather, transplant stress, and harvest stage can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 14–28 Days near 75–90 °F. Cooler media, excess water, old seed, or uneven moisture can delay emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 37–48 in. Growth habit: Shrubby\/Subshrub. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot sauces, chile mash, marinades, drying, and carefully measured fresh use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are largely self-pollinating but insect movement can produce crosses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51050360045870,"sku":"HPP46","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/pepper-seeds-hot-pepper-chocolate-habanero-black-congo-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-hpp46-60045870-5457131.jpg?v=1767987501"},{"product_id":"arugula-wasabi","title":"Arugula Seeds - Wasabi","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeet the Arugula - Wasabi, a unique twist on a salad staple that brings a surprising kick to your culinary creations. Its lush, serrated leaves sport a deep green hue, offering not just visual appeal but also a robust texture that holds up well in a variety of dishes. The flavor profile of Arugula - Wasabi is where it truly stands out.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Wasabi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWasabi is an annual selection of wasabi arugula, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Wasabi as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire wasabi arugula crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppery salad greens and mustard greens come from several Brassicaceae species. Garden arugula, wild arugula, upland cress, and mustard greens differ in life cycle, leaf texture, and heat tolerance, so this page preserves species-level identity rather than relying on flavor names alone. Arugula Seeds - Wasabi Diplotaxis erucoides Arugula ‘Wasabi’ is a modern refinement of an ancient green long cherished in Mediterranean and Near Eastern cuisines. Though named for the Japanese horseradish it resembles in flavor, this variety originates from centuries of European arugula selection rather than East Asia. Its spicy, wasabi-like bite is the result of elevated glucosinolate compounds-natural sulfur-based phytochemicals also found in mustard and radish-which have been intentionally emphasized through selective breeding. Ancient herbalists described it as a plant that “warms the blood” and “awakens the appetite,” while seeds were pressed for oil and even used in love potions. Over the centuries, regional forms evolved across Italy, North Africa, and the Levant, giving rise to both the mild salad types and the fiery, fragrant ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eDiplotaxis erucoides (L.) DC.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Wasabi from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Cut baby leaves young or harvest full-size plants before quality declines. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Wasabi plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Compatible plants of the same species may cross to varying degrees through insects or wind. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Wasabi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Wasabi ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51054303084846,"sku":"OG12","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/arugula-seeds-wasabi-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-og12-03084846-5712527.jpg?v=1767986870"},{"product_id":"corn-seeds-argentina-orange-creole","title":"Corn Seeds - Flint - Argentina Orange Creole","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArgentina Orange Creole Flint corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing ears whose size varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. The orange kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Argentina Orange Creole Corn Seeds produce sizzle your summer with Argentina Orange Creole corn,vibrant, sweet, and ready to burst from grill to plate!.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Argentina Orange Creole\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgentina Orange Creole is an annual flint corn with orange color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 110-119 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. The flavor is mildly sweet with earthy depth, well suited for both culinary use and cultural food traditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgentina Orange Creole circulates as a named flint corn within the cultivated history of Zea mays L. Seed sold as Argentina Orange Creole is identified by its orange color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Argentina Orange Creole corn seeds produce a striking heirloom flint corn known for its vibrant orange kernels, tall sturdy stalks, and dependable yields. Plants grown from Argentina Orange Creole corn seeds reach impressive heights and form well-filled ears with hard, flinty kernels that deepen in color as they mature. The kernels transition from pale yellow to rich orange tones, making this variety both visually distinctive and highly valued for traditional food uses. Argentina Orange Creole corn seeds are prized for their versatility. Public breeder or accession records do not fully document the exact strain sold as Argentina Orange Creole. The supplied name and observable traits are retained without adding an unsupported lineage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-119 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Argentina Orange Creole from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Argentina Orange Creole Flint corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 12 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Argentina Orange Creole in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 110-119 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgentina Orange Creole is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Orange. The flavor is mildly sweet with earthy depth, well suited for both culinary use and cultural food traditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Argentina Orange Creole Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArgentina Orange Creole can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Argentina Orange Creole ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110-119 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. The flavor is mildly sweet with earthy depth, well suited for both culinary use and cultural food traditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51068373336366,"sku":"CN33","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/1dc7648d-b454-4de9-a808-d9f247659275.jpg?v=1767986856"},{"product_id":"corn-seeds-hickory-king-white","title":"Corn Seeds - Dent - Hickory King White","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHickory King White Dent corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 97–120 in and producing 7–8 in ears. The white kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Hickory King White Corn Seeds produce majestic ears of Hickory King White tower with colossal kernels, ideal for legendary grits and show-stopping cornbread.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Hickory King White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHickory King White is an annual dent corn with white color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 7–8 in ears. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 110-119 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Large white kernels suited to hominy, grits, meal, and roasted young ears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell documents Hickory King White as a late white dent corn used for hominy, grits, meal, and roasted young ears. The exact identity of the seed lot remains tied to its supplier and lot records, so no additional lineage is assigned beyond the cited record. Growers saving seed should keep the original packet, source, year, and selection notes with the lot. The kernels are notably large, making them ideal for hominy, grits, and cornmeal, offering a hearty texture and a sweet, old-fashioned corn flavor. The ears are wrapped in tight husks, offering natural protection against pests and ensuring a bountiful harvest. As the kernels mature, they transform from a creamy white to a slightly deeper hue, signaling their readiness for harvest. In the kitchen, Hickory King White corn holds its own, whether roasted, ground, or boiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-119 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Hickory King White from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Hickory King White Dent corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Hickory King White in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 110-119 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHickory King White is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 7–8 in ears. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: White. Large white kernels suited to hominy, grits, meal, and roasted young ears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Hickory King White Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHickory King White can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Hickory King White ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110-119 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Large white kernels suited to hominy, grits, meal, and roasted young ears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51068464496942,"sku":"CN35","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/bc63dca4-96df-455f-aa7e-894c24906d42.jpg?v=1774060923"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.allianceofnativeseedkeepers.com\/collections\/southern-heirloom-seeds.oembed","provider":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","version":"1.0","type":"link"}